1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
74 #include "dispextern.h"
76 #include "termhooks.h"
84 #include "intervals.h"
90 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
105 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
106 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
109 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
111 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
112 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
117 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
119 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
120 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
122 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
124 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
125 #if defined USE_MOTIF
126 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
127 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
128 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
134 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
135 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
137 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
139 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
140 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
141 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
142 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
144 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
146 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
147 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
153 #ifndef XtNinitialState
154 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
158 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
160 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
164 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
169 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
171 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
173 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
176 static int any_help_event_p
;
178 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
179 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
181 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
183 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
185 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
188 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
190 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
191 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
192 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
193 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
195 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
197 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
198 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
199 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
200 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
202 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
204 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
206 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
209 /* The application context for Xt use. */
210 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
211 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
212 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
214 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
216 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
218 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
219 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
221 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
223 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
224 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
225 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
227 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
231 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
232 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
233 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
234 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
236 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
238 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
239 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
240 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
241 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
242 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
243 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
244 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
245 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
246 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
249 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
251 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
252 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
254 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
256 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
257 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
260 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
261 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
264 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
266 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
267 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
268 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
269 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
270 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
271 it's somewhat accurate. */
273 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
275 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
279 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
281 static int input_signal_count
;
284 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
286 static int x_noop_count
;
288 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
290 extern char **initial_argv
;
291 extern int initial_argc
;
293 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
295 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
297 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
299 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
303 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
305 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
307 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
309 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
310 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
311 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
313 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
316 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
317 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
319 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
320 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
321 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
322 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
323 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
324 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
326 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
327 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
328 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
329 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
330 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
331 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
332 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
333 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
335 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
336 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
337 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
338 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
339 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
340 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
341 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
342 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
343 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
344 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
345 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
346 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
347 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
348 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
349 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
350 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
351 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
352 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
354 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
355 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
356 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
358 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
));
359 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
360 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
362 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
363 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
364 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
365 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
366 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
368 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
369 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
370 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
371 int *, struct input_event
*));
374 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
383 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
384 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
385 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
387 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
388 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
393 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
394 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
395 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
396 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
397 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
400 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
403 /***********************************************************************
405 ***********************************************************************/
409 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
410 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
418 struct record event_record
[100];
420 int event_record_index
;
422 record_event (locus
, type
)
426 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
427 event_record_index
= 0;
429 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
430 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
431 event_record_index
++;
438 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
440 struct x_display_info
*
441 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
444 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
446 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
447 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
455 /***********************************************************************
456 Starting and ending an update
457 ***********************************************************************/
459 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
460 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
461 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
462 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
463 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
473 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
474 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
478 x_update_window_begin (w
)
481 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
482 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
485 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
489 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
491 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
492 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
494 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
496 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
497 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
499 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
500 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
501 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
502 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
503 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
504 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
506 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
507 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
508 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
509 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
510 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
511 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
512 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
516 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
517 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
520 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
521 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
530 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
533 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
537 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
539 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
540 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
543 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
545 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
546 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
548 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
549 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
550 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
552 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
553 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
557 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
559 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
561 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
563 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
568 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
570 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
572 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
573 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
578 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
579 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
580 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
582 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
583 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
584 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
587 updated_window
= NULL
;
591 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
598 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
599 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
603 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
609 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
610 complete update has been performed. The global variable
611 updated_window is not available here. */
614 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
619 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
621 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
622 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
625 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
626 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
627 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
628 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
629 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
636 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
637 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
638 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
639 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
640 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
641 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
644 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
645 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
647 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
653 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
654 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
656 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
657 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
658 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
659 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
660 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
661 overhead is very small. */
662 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
663 && desired_row
->full_width_p
664 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
665 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
667 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
670 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
672 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
673 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
674 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
678 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
679 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
680 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
681 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
682 y
, width
, height
, False
);
688 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
690 struct glyph_row
*row
;
691 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
693 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
694 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
695 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
696 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
697 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
700 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
701 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
704 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
707 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
708 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
709 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
710 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
712 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
715 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
717 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
719 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
720 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
721 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
722 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
724 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
726 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
728 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
729 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
732 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
738 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
739 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
743 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
745 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
747 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
749 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
751 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
752 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
754 face
->background
, depth
);
758 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
759 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
762 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
763 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
764 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
765 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
768 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
769 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
770 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
774 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
775 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
776 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
780 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
785 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
786 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
787 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
791 XTset_terminal_modes ()
795 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
796 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
799 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
805 /***********************************************************************
807 ***********************************************************************/
809 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
811 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
814 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
815 is not contained in the font. */
818 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
821 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
823 /* The result metric information. */
824 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
826 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
828 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
830 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
832 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
833 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
834 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
835 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
836 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
837 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
838 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
839 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
840 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
841 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
845 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
846 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
847 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
848 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
850 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
851 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
855 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
857 \ = integer modulus */
858 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
859 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
860 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
861 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
863 pcm
= (font
->per_char
864 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
865 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
866 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
872 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
873 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
874 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
875 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
876 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
877 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
881 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
886 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
887 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
890 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
893 struct font_info
*font_info
;
896 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
897 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
899 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
900 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
902 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
904 /* It's a program. */
905 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
907 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
909 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
910 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
915 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
916 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
917 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
920 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
922 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
924 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
925 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
927 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
929 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
931 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
933 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
935 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
936 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
937 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
939 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
940 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
944 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
946 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
951 /***********************************************************************
953 ***********************************************************************/
957 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
958 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
961 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
965 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
966 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
970 unsigned long *, double, int));
971 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
972 double, int, unsigned long));
973 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
975 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
976 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
977 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
978 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
980 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
981 int, int, int, int, int, int,
983 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
984 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
987 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
991 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
996 struct glyph_string
*s
;
998 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
999 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1000 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1002 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1005 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1009 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1010 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1012 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1013 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1014 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1015 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1016 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1017 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1018 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1020 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1021 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1022 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1024 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1025 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1028 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1029 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1030 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1031 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1033 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1034 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1037 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1038 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1040 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1045 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1048 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1049 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1054 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1055 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1056 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1058 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1060 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1061 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1063 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1064 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1065 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1067 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1068 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1069 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1072 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1077 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1078 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1079 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1080 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1081 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1082 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1084 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1085 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1088 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1089 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1091 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1094 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1098 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1099 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1100 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1103 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1104 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1106 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1110 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1111 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1115 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1116 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1118 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1120 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1122 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1123 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1125 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1127 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1128 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1130 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1132 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1135 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1137 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1138 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1140 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1141 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1143 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1144 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1148 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1149 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1152 /* GC must have been set. */
1153 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1157 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1158 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1161 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1162 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1165 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1166 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1171 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1172 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1175 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1176 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1179 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1182 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1183 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1184 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1185 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1186 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1191 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1194 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1195 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1199 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1200 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1201 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1202 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1206 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1207 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1208 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1209 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1210 contains the first component of a composition. */
1213 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1214 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1217 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1218 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1219 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1221 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1225 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1226 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1227 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1228 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1229 s
->background_width
,
1230 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1231 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1232 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1234 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1235 || s
->font_not_found_p
1236 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1239 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1240 s
->background_width
,
1241 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1242 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1248 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1251 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1252 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1256 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1257 of S to the right of that box line. */
1258 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1259 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1260 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1264 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1266 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1268 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1270 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1271 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1272 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1274 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1279 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1280 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1282 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1283 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1285 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1287 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1288 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1290 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1291 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1292 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1293 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1294 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1295 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1296 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1298 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1300 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1301 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1303 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1304 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1309 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1310 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1312 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1313 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1318 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1319 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1321 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1322 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1324 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1325 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1330 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1333 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1334 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1338 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1339 of S to the right of that box line. */
1340 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1341 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1342 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1346 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1347 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1348 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1349 this composition. */
1351 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1352 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1353 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1356 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1357 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1361 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1363 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1364 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1365 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1367 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1368 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1369 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1370 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1377 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1379 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1380 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1381 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1382 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1383 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1386 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1387 cannot be determined. */
1389 static struct frame
*
1390 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1393 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1397 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1399 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1400 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1401 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1402 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1403 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1404 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1406 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1407 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1408 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1409 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1410 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1411 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1412 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1413 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1420 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1421 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1422 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1423 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1426 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1431 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1432 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1436 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1437 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1438 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1439 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1440 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1441 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1444 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1448 unsigned long *pixel
;
1452 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1453 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1457 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1458 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1460 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1462 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1464 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1469 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1470 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1472 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1475 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1477 DPY is the display we are working on.
1479 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1480 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1481 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1482 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1484 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1485 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1487 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1488 we allocated the color or not.
1490 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1493 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1497 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1498 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1508 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1509 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1511 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1515 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1516 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1517 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1519 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1521 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1522 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1524 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1526 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1527 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1529 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1530 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1532 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1533 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1538 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1540 params
[0] = color_name
;
1541 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1542 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1543 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1548 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1550 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1552 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1556 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1560 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1561 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1564 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1569 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1570 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1571 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1573 APP is the application context in which we work.
1575 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1576 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1577 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1579 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1582 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1591 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1593 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1596 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1598 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1599 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1600 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1601 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1602 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1607 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1610 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1611 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1612 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1613 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1615 static const XColor
*
1616 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1620 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1622 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1624 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1627 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1628 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1629 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1630 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1631 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1633 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1634 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1636 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1637 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1640 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1641 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1645 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1646 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1649 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1654 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1656 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1659 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1661 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1662 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1663 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1664 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1668 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1672 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1673 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1676 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1680 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1684 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1685 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1686 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1690 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1697 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1700 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1701 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1702 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1703 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1705 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1707 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1709 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1711 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1712 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1713 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1714 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1716 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1719 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1723 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1724 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1725 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1726 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1730 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1731 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1732 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1734 XColor
*cached_color
;
1736 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1737 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1738 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1739 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1740 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1742 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1743 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1744 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1748 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1750 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1751 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1757 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1758 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1759 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1763 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1768 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1769 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1773 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1774 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1775 get color reference counts right. */
1778 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1780 unsigned long pixel
;
1784 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1786 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1787 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1789 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1790 register_color (pixel
);
1796 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1797 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1798 get color reference counts right. */
1801 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1804 unsigned long pixel
;
1808 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1810 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1811 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1813 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1814 register_color (pixel
);
1820 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1823 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1824 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1825 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1826 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1827 use an additional additive factor.
1829 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1830 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1831 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1834 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1835 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1836 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1837 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1838 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1839 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1842 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1846 unsigned long *pixel
;
1854 /* Get RGB color values. */
1855 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1856 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1858 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1859 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1860 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1861 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1862 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1864 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1865 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1867 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1868 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1869 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1870 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1871 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1873 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1874 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1875 /* The additive adjustment. */
1876 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1880 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1881 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1882 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1886 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1887 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1888 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1892 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1893 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1896 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1898 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1899 delta to the RGB values. */
1900 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1902 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1903 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1904 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1905 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1916 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1917 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1918 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1919 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1920 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1921 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1924 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1926 struct relief
*relief
;
1929 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1932 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1933 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1934 unsigned long pixel
;
1935 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1936 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1937 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1938 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1940 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1941 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1943 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1944 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1945 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1947 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1949 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1950 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1953 /* Allocate new color. */
1954 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1956 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1957 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1959 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1960 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1963 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1965 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1967 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1970 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1974 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1977 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1978 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1980 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1981 unsigned long color
;
1983 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1984 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1985 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1987 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1988 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1993 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1994 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1995 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1998 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1999 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2001 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2002 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2003 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2004 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2005 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2010 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2011 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2012 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2013 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2014 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2015 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2019 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2020 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2022 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2023 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2024 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2026 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2027 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2032 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2034 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2035 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2039 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2040 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2041 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2042 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2046 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2047 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2048 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2050 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2052 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2054 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2055 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2059 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2060 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2061 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2062 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2066 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2070 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2074 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2075 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2076 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2077 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2078 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2079 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2082 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2083 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2084 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2085 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2086 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2090 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2091 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2092 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2095 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2096 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2100 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2101 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2110 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2112 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2113 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2117 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2120 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2121 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2123 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2124 int left_p
, right_p
;
2125 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2126 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2128 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2129 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2130 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2132 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2133 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2135 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2137 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2138 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2140 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2142 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2144 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2146 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2147 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2149 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2150 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2151 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2153 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2155 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2157 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2158 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2159 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2162 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2163 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2164 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2169 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2172 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2173 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2176 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2178 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2179 right of that line. */
2180 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2181 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2183 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2185 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2187 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2188 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2189 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2190 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2196 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2197 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2198 trust on the shape extension to be available
2199 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2201 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2204 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2206 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2207 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2208 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2209 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2210 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2212 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2215 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2216 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2217 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2218 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2219 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2220 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2224 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2226 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2229 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2230 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2231 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2232 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2233 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2234 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2236 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2237 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2238 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2239 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2240 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2241 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2242 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2244 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2246 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2248 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2249 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2254 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2255 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2256 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2260 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2263 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2264 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2266 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2269 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2271 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2272 right of that line. */
2273 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2274 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2276 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2278 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2280 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2281 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2282 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2283 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2285 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2286 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2288 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2289 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2293 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2294 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2299 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2300 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2302 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2303 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2304 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2306 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2308 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2313 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2316 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2317 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2321 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2323 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2324 right of that line. */
2325 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2326 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2328 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2330 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2332 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2333 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2334 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2335 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2341 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2342 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2343 trust on the shape extension to be available
2344 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2346 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2350 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2351 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2352 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2353 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2354 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2356 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2357 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2358 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2359 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2363 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2364 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2365 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2367 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2368 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2369 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2370 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2371 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2372 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2373 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2375 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2377 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2378 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2379 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2384 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2385 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2386 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2390 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2391 give the rectangle to draw. */
2394 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2395 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2400 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2401 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2402 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2403 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2406 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2410 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2413 s->x +-------------------------
2416 | +-------------------------
2419 | | +-------------------
2425 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2426 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2428 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2429 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2431 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2434 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2435 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2436 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2437 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2439 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2440 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2442 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2443 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2447 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2448 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2452 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2453 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2454 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2455 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2456 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2458 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2459 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2460 s
->background_width
,
2463 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2465 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2467 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2470 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2471 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2472 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2473 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2474 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2479 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2481 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2482 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2483 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2484 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2492 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2494 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2496 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2497 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2499 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2502 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2505 /* Draw the foreground. */
2508 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2509 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2510 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2511 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2512 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2515 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2517 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2519 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2520 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2521 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2525 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2528 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2529 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2531 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2532 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2534 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2535 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2537 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2538 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2539 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2542 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2544 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2545 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2547 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2548 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2552 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2553 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2555 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2561 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2562 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2564 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2566 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2567 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2568 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2569 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2574 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2575 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2576 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2577 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2581 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2582 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2585 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2589 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2592 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2593 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2595 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2597 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2598 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2599 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2600 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2602 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2603 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2604 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2605 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2608 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2609 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2611 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2612 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2613 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2614 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2615 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2616 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2619 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2620 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2621 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2622 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2626 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2628 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2631 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2635 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2639 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2640 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2642 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2643 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2646 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2647 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2648 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2650 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2651 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2658 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2660 /* Draw underline. */
2661 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2663 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2666 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2667 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2670 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2671 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2672 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2673 specs, and its default is
2675 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2676 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2678 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2679 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2680 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2681 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2682 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2684 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2686 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2687 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2688 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2692 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2693 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2694 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2695 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2696 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2700 /* Draw overline. */
2701 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2703 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2705 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2706 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2711 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2712 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2713 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2715 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2719 /* Draw strike-through. */
2720 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2722 unsigned long h
= 1;
2723 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2725 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2726 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2731 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2732 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2733 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2735 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2739 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2740 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2741 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2744 /* Reset clipping. */
2745 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2748 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2751 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2753 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2755 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2756 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2757 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2761 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2772 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2773 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2776 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2783 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2784 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2788 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2789 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2799 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2801 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2803 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2804 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2805 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2807 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2808 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2810 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2812 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2813 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2814 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2816 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2823 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2825 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2826 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2828 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2831 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2832 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2835 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2836 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2838 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2839 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2840 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2842 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2843 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2847 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2849 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2850 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2854 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2856 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2857 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2859 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2861 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2873 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2874 pixels into background pixels. */
2878 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2879 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2880 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2882 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2883 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2887 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2888 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2889 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2890 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2891 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2892 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2893 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2897 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2898 edge it is next to. */
2899 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2901 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2902 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2905 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2906 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2913 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2915 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2916 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2918 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2920 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2921 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2922 width
, flash_height
);
2923 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2925 (height
- flash_height
2926 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2927 width
, flash_height
);
2930 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2931 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2932 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2933 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2938 struct timeval wakeup
;
2940 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2942 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2943 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2944 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2945 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2947 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2949 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2951 struct timeval current
;
2952 struct timeval timeout
;
2954 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2956 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2957 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2960 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2962 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2964 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2965 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2969 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2970 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2972 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2974 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2975 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2976 width
, flash_height
);
2977 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2979 (height
- flash_height
2980 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2981 width
, flash_height
);
2984 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2985 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2986 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2987 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2989 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2997 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3000 /* Make audible bell. */
3005 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3007 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3009 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3016 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3017 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3024 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3025 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3026 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3027 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3030 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3033 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3038 /***********************************************************************
3040 ***********************************************************************/
3042 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3043 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3046 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3053 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3056 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3060 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3061 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3063 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3064 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3066 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3068 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3069 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3070 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3074 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3075 line at the bottom. */
3076 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3077 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3079 height
= run
->height
;
3083 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3085 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3086 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3088 height
= run
->height
;
3093 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3097 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3098 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3099 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3109 /***********************************************************************
3111 ***********************************************************************/
3118 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3119 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3120 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3121 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3123 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3124 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3126 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3130 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3133 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3134 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3135 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3136 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3138 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3139 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3141 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3144 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3145 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3146 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3147 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3148 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3151 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3152 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3153 struct frame
*frame
;
3155 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3157 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3159 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3160 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3161 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3163 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3164 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3167 selected_frame
= frame
;
3168 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3170 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3171 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3174 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3175 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3177 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3180 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3183 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3184 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3185 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3188 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3191 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3192 struct frame
*frame
;
3193 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3195 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3197 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3199 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3200 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3202 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3203 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3204 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3205 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3206 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3208 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3209 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3213 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3216 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3217 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3220 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3222 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3224 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3226 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3227 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3231 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3232 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3237 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3238 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3240 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3243 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3244 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3246 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3248 struct frame
*frame
;
3250 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3254 switch (event
->type
)
3259 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3261 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3263 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3264 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3265 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3266 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3268 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3274 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3275 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3276 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3277 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3283 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3286 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3287 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3289 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3292 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3293 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3294 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3296 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3297 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3298 the appropriate X display info. */
3301 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3302 struct frame
*frame
;
3304 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3308 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3309 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3311 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3313 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3315 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3316 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3317 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3318 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3319 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3321 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3322 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3326 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3328 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3331 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3332 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3333 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3339 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3341 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3343 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3344 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3346 int min_code
, max_code
;
3349 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3351 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3352 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3353 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3354 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3355 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3358 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3360 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3361 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3364 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3365 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3367 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3369 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3370 Alt keysyms are on. */
3372 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3373 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3375 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3377 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3378 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3380 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3382 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3386 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3390 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3392 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3398 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3399 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3404 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3405 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3410 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3411 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3412 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3413 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3418 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3419 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3420 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3421 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3425 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3426 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3427 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3428 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3429 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3438 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3439 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3441 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3442 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3445 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3446 make them just meta, not alt. */
3447 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3452 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3453 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3456 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3460 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3461 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3464 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3465 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3466 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3467 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3470 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3471 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3472 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3473 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3474 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3475 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3476 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3477 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3480 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3481 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3482 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3483 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3484 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3485 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3489 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3490 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3493 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3494 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3495 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3496 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3500 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3501 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3502 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3503 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3504 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3505 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3506 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3507 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3510 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3511 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3512 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3513 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3514 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3515 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3518 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3521 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3527 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3535 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3537 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3539 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3543 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3544 struct input_event
*result
;
3545 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3548 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3550 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3551 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3552 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3553 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3555 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3559 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3560 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3561 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3567 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3568 The input handler calls this.
3570 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3571 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3572 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3573 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3575 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3576 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3579 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3581 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3583 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3584 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3585 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3587 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3589 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3590 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3591 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3594 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3595 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3596 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3597 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3598 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3600 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3601 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3602 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3607 /************************************************************************
3609 ************************************************************************/
3612 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3614 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3615 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3616 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3617 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3618 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3622 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3625 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3626 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3627 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3631 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3638 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3640 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3644 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3645 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3646 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3648 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3652 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3653 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3655 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3656 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3659 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3660 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3661 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3662 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3673 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3674 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3676 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3677 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3678 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3679 position on the scroll bar.
3681 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3682 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3685 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3686 was at this position.
3688 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3690 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3694 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3697 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3698 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3700 unsigned long *time
;
3706 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3707 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3713 Window dummy_window
;
3716 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3718 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3719 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3720 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3721 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3723 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3725 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3726 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3727 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3729 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3732 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3733 a different screen. */
3736 /* The position on that root window. */
3739 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3742 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3744 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3746 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3747 containing the pointer. */
3751 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3756 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3757 structure is changing at the same time this function
3758 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3760 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3762 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3763 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3765 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3766 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3767 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3769 /* From-window, to-window. */
3770 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3772 /* From-position, to-position. */
3773 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3777 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3783 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3785 /* From-window, to-window. */
3788 /* From-position, to-position. */
3789 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3794 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3802 /* Now we know that:
3803 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3804 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3805 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3806 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3807 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3808 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3809 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3810 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3811 never use them in that case.) */
3813 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3814 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3816 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3817 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3820 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3821 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3823 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3826 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3829 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3831 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3834 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3836 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3840 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3846 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3847 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3851 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3852 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3853 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3854 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3855 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3856 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3857 the frame are divided into. */
3859 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3862 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3863 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3866 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3867 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3871 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3872 round down even for negative values. */
3877 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3878 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3880 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3881 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3882 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3883 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3889 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3890 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3891 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3901 /***********************************************************************
3903 ***********************************************************************/
3905 /* Scroll bar support. */
3907 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3909 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3912 static struct scroll_bar
*
3913 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3919 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3920 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3921 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
3923 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3924 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3927 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3929 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3930 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3931 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3934 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3936 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3937 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3938 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3939 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3940 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3943 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3944 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3945 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3946 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3953 #if defined USE_LUCID
3955 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3956 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3959 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3964 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3965 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3968 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3969 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3971 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3978 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3981 /************************************************************************
3983 ************************************************************************/
3985 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3987 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3988 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3989 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3990 struct scroll_bar
*));
3991 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3995 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3996 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3998 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4000 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4002 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4004 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4005 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4008 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4010 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4012 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4014 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4015 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4016 to avoid jerkyness. */
4018 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4020 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4022 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4023 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4024 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4025 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4028 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4031 XtPointer client_data
;
4035 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4041 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4042 end_action
= "Release";
4043 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4044 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4045 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4046 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4049 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4050 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4054 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4055 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4056 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4058 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4060 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4061 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4062 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4064 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4065 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4067 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4068 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4071 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4073 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4074 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4076 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4077 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4080 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4081 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4082 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4083 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4086 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4088 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4091 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4092 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4093 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4098 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4099 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4100 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4101 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4102 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4105 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4106 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4107 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4108 into that array in the event. */
4109 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4110 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4113 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4115 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4116 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4117 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4119 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4121 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4122 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4125 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4126 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4127 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4128 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4129 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4130 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4132 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4133 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4135 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4136 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4137 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4138 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4143 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4147 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4149 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4151 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4156 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4157 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4159 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4160 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4162 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4163 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4166 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4168 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4170 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4171 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4172 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4173 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4174 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4180 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4182 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4185 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4186 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4187 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4190 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4192 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4194 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4195 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4196 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4200 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4201 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4202 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4205 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4206 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4207 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4210 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4211 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4212 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4215 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4216 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4217 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4221 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4222 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4225 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4226 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4227 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4234 /* Get the slider size. */
4236 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4239 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4240 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4241 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4242 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4246 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4252 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4253 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4254 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4259 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4261 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4262 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4265 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4269 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4275 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4276 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4278 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4280 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4283 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4285 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4291 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4293 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4295 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4297 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4298 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4300 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4302 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4303 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4305 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4307 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4308 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4310 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4312 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4313 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4317 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4318 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4319 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4320 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4325 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4326 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4327 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4331 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4333 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4334 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4335 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4339 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4341 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4343 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4344 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4346 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4349 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4351 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4355 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4357 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4358 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4359 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4360 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4361 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4363 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4365 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4367 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4368 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4369 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4370 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4374 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4375 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4376 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4377 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4378 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4379 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4380 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4383 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4385 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4387 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4388 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4389 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4393 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4395 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4398 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4399 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4401 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4402 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4403 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4404 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4406 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4408 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4409 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4410 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4411 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4414 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4415 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4417 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4419 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4420 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4424 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4426 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4428 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4431 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4436 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4439 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4441 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4447 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4448 unsigned long pixel
;
4453 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4454 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4455 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4456 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4457 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4458 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4459 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4460 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4462 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4465 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4469 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4472 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4476 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4477 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4479 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4480 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4482 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4484 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4486 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4488 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4490 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4492 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4495 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4496 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4498 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4499 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4500 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4501 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4503 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4505 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4506 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4507 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4508 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4509 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4510 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4511 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4512 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4514 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4517 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4521 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4524 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4528 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4530 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4531 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4533 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4534 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4535 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4537 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4539 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4541 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4542 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4543 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4545 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4548 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4549 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4550 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4551 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4552 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4553 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4555 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4559 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4560 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4561 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4563 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4565 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4568 /* Specify the colors. */
4569 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4572 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4575 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4584 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4585 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4589 char *val
= initial
;
4590 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4591 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4593 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4594 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4595 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4596 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4600 /* Define callbacks. */
4601 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4602 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4605 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4606 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4608 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4610 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4611 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4612 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4613 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4615 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4616 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4617 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4618 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4622 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4625 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4626 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4630 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4631 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4632 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4634 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4637 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4639 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4640 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4641 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4643 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4644 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4651 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4652 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4653 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4654 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4655 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4656 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4657 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4658 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4659 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4660 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4661 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4662 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4663 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4664 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4671 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4672 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4675 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4679 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4680 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4682 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4683 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4684 size
= max (size
, 1);
4686 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4687 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4688 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4690 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4692 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4698 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4699 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4703 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4705 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4706 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4707 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4711 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4712 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4713 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4716 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4717 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4719 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4720 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4721 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4722 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4724 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4725 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4728 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4729 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4730 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4732 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4736 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4740 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4742 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4746 /************************************************************************
4747 Scroll bars, general
4748 ************************************************************************/
4750 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4751 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4752 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4755 static struct scroll_bar
*
4756 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4758 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4760 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4761 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4762 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4766 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4767 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4768 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4770 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4774 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4775 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4776 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4778 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4779 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4781 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4783 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4785 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4786 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4787 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4788 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4789 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4791 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4793 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4794 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4795 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4797 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4799 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4806 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4808 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4810 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4811 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4812 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4813 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4814 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4815 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4816 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4817 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4819 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4820 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4822 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4823 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4824 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4826 /* Map the window/widget. */
4827 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4830 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4831 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4833 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4834 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4836 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4837 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4838 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4839 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4840 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4842 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4843 max (height
, 1), 0);
4844 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4845 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4847 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4848 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4849 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4856 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4858 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4859 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4860 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4863 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4864 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4865 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4866 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4867 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4869 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4872 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4873 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4877 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4878 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4879 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4880 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4882 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4884 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4885 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4891 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4892 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4893 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4895 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4896 the distance between start and end. */
4898 int length
= end
- start
;
4902 else if (start
> top_range
)
4904 end
= start
+ length
;
4908 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4912 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4913 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4914 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4916 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4917 if (end
> top_range
)
4920 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4921 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4922 that many pixels tall. */
4923 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4925 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4926 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4928 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4929 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4930 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4931 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4932 inside_width
, start
,
4935 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4936 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4937 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4938 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4940 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4941 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4942 /* x, y, width, height */
4943 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4944 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4945 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4947 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4948 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4949 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4950 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4952 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4953 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4954 if (end
< inside_height
)
4955 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4956 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4957 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4958 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4959 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4967 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4969 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4973 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4974 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4976 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4979 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4981 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4982 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4983 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4984 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4986 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4989 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4990 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4996 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4997 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4998 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5002 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5004 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5006 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5007 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5008 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5009 int window_y
, window_height
;
5011 /* Get window dimensions. */
5012 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5014 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5015 height
= window_height
;
5017 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5018 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5020 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5021 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5022 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5023 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5027 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5028 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5029 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5031 (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5032 ? width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5036 (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5037 ? (width
- sb_width
) / 2
5038 : width
- sb_width
));
5040 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5041 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5046 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5047 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5049 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5052 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5053 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5057 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5061 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5062 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5064 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5068 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5070 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5072 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5074 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5077 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5079 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5082 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5083 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5084 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5085 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5086 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5088 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5089 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5091 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5092 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5094 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5095 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5096 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5098 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5099 max (height
, 1), 0);
5100 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5102 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5104 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5105 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5106 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5108 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5109 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5111 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5112 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5113 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5117 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5118 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5119 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5122 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5123 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5124 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5126 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5127 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5128 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5129 rest
, height
, False
);
5131 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5132 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5136 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5141 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5143 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5145 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5149 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5151 /* Remember new settings. */
5152 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5153 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5154 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5155 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5160 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5161 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5162 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5163 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5165 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5167 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5170 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5173 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5174 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5175 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5178 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5180 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5184 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5185 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5186 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5187 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5188 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5189 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5190 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5192 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5193 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5194 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5197 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5200 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5201 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5204 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5205 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5206 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5207 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5208 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5209 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5210 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5215 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5216 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5219 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5220 struct window
*window
;
5222 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5225 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5226 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5229 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5231 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5232 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5233 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5235 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5237 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5238 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5240 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5241 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5242 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5244 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5245 one or the other! */
5249 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5251 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5252 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5254 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5256 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5257 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5258 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5261 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5262 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5265 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5268 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5270 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5272 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5273 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5274 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5276 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5278 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5280 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5283 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5286 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5287 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5291 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5292 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5293 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5295 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5299 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5300 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5303 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5304 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5305 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5306 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5310 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5312 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5313 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5315 /* x, y, width, height */
5317 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5318 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5323 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5325 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5326 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5328 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5333 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5334 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5336 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5338 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5341 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5342 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5343 emacs_event
->modifiers
5344 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5345 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5346 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5347 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5350 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5351 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5352 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5355 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5357 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5360 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5361 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5364 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5366 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5367 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5368 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5369 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5371 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5373 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5374 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5375 whether or not we're dragging. */
5377 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5379 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5380 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5381 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5384 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5385 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5386 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5387 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5389 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5390 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5392 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5393 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5397 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5399 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5401 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5402 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5404 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5406 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5409 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5413 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5415 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5417 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5421 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5422 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5425 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5427 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5430 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5432 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5433 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5435 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5436 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5438 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5440 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5442 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5447 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5449 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5450 on the scroll bar. */
5453 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5455 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5456 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5458 unsigned long *time
;
5460 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5461 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5462 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5464 Window dummy_window
;
5466 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5470 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5472 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5474 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5475 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5476 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5478 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5481 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5488 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5491 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5493 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5495 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5496 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5500 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5504 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5506 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5507 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5508 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5509 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5510 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5511 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5513 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5515 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5516 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5519 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5522 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5528 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5529 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5530 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5534 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5537 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5540 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5541 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5542 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5543 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5544 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5545 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5546 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5547 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5549 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5553 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5556 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5557 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5558 sometimes don't work. */
5560 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5563 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5564 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5565 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5566 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5568 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5569 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5571 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5573 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5574 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5576 static int temp_index
;
5577 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5579 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5580 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5582 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5584 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5585 on a particular display. */
5587 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5589 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5590 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5591 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5592 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5594 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5596 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5599 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5600 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5601 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5602 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5603 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5604 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5608 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5609 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5619 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5620 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5621 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5623 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5625 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5629 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5630 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5633 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5634 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5635 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5638 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5639 event
->xclient
.window
);
5641 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5646 static int current_count
;
5647 static int current_finish
;
5648 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5650 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5651 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5652 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5653 static GdkFilterReturn
5654 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5659 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5661 if (current_count
>= 0)
5663 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5665 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5668 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5669 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5670 so we do it here. */
5671 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5672 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5673 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5677 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5681 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5686 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5688 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5689 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5691 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5693 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5696 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5698 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5699 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5700 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5702 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5705 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5709 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5712 struct input_event ie
;
5713 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5719 struct coding_system coding
;
5720 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5722 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5724 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5725 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5732 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5733 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5734 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5736 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5737 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5739 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5740 could be the shell widget window
5741 if the frame has no title bar. */
5742 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5744 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5745 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5746 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5748 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5749 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5750 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5751 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5752 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5755 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5756 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5757 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5758 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5761 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5762 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5763 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5766 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5767 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5768 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5769 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5770 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5771 /* The ICCCM says this is
5772 the only valid choice. */
5774 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5775 /* This is needed to detect the error
5776 if there is an error. */
5778 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5780 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5785 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5786 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5788 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5789 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5790 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5791 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5792 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5793 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5794 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5795 session manager and one for this. */
5797 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5800 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5801 event
.xclient
.window
);
5802 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5803 for a single Emacs process. */
5804 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5805 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5806 event
.xclient
.window
,
5807 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5809 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5810 event
.xclient
.window
,
5816 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5817 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5819 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5820 event
.xclient
.window
);
5822 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5824 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5825 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5832 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5833 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5838 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5839 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5842 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5844 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5845 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5849 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5856 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5857 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5859 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5860 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5864 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5866 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5867 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5868 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5869 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5871 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5872 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5873 currently never do because we are interested in
5874 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5875 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5876 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5877 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5878 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5882 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5883 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5884 we construct an input_event. */
5885 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5886 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5888 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
5889 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5892 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5894 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5899 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5900 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5904 case SelectionNotify
:
5905 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5906 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5908 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5909 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5912 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5913 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5914 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5916 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5918 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5920 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5921 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5922 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5923 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5924 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5928 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5929 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5930 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5932 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5934 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5935 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5937 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5938 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5939 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5940 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5941 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5942 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5943 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5944 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5948 case PropertyNotify
:
5949 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
5950 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
5951 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
5952 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
5953 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
5957 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
5960 case ReparentNotify
:
5961 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
5965 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
5966 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
5970 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
5971 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
5976 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
5979 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
5982 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
5983 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
5984 event
.xexpose
.window
,
5985 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5986 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
5989 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
5991 f
->async_visible
= 1;
5992 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
5993 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
5994 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
5998 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
5999 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6003 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6004 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6006 #if defined USE_LUCID
6007 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6008 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6009 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6012 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6014 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6016 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6018 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6019 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6021 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6022 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6023 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6026 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6027 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6030 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6031 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6035 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6036 source area was obscured or not
6038 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6042 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6043 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6044 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6046 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6049 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6052 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6053 source area was completely
6058 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6059 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6062 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6065 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6066 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6067 the frame was deleted. */
6069 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6070 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6071 display that won't ever be seen. */
6072 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6073 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6074 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6075 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6076 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6077 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6078 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6079 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6081 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6083 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6084 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6090 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6091 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6092 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6095 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6096 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6097 frame is visible. */
6098 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6101 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6102 the frame's display structures.
6103 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6104 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6105 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6106 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6107 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6108 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6110 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6111 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6112 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6116 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6117 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6119 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6120 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6121 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6122 to update the frame titles
6123 in case this is the second frame. */
6124 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6130 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6132 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6133 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6134 if (popup_activated ())
6138 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6140 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6142 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6143 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6146 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6149 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6150 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6151 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6153 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6155 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6156 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6159 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6163 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6164 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6165 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6168 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6169 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6170 status_return even if the input is too long to
6171 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6172 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6173 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6174 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6175 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6176 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6177 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6179 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6183 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6184 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6185 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6187 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6191 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6192 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6193 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6195 /* This will have to go some day... */
6197 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6198 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6199 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6200 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6201 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6202 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6203 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6205 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6206 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6207 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6208 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6209 not it is combined with Meta. */
6210 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6211 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6216 Status status_return
;
6218 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6219 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6220 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6221 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6223 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6225 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6226 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6227 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6228 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6229 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6232 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6233 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6234 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6235 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6236 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6237 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6238 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6239 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6241 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6243 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6244 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6245 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6248 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6254 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6256 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6261 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6262 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6266 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6267 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6270 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6271 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6275 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6276 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6277 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6280 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6282 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6283 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6285 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6286 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6288 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6289 translations to characters. */
6290 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6291 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6293 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6294 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6298 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6299 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6300 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6304 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6305 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6306 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6307 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6311 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6312 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6313 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6314 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6315 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6316 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6318 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6319 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6321 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6322 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6323 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6324 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6325 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6326 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6328 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6329 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6331 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6332 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6334 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6335 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6337 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6338 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6340 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6341 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6343 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6344 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6346 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6347 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6349 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6350 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6352 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6353 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6355 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6356 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6358 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6359 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6361 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6362 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6364 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6365 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6367 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6368 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6369 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6370 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6371 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6372 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6374 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6375 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6378 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6380 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6381 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6382 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6383 don't have real modifiers but
6384 should be treated similarly to
6385 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6386 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6387 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6389 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6390 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6394 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6395 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6397 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6398 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6402 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6407 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6408 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6409 we used just above and the locale. */
6410 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6411 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6412 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6413 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6414 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6415 gives us composition information. */
6416 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6418 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6420 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6424 /* Decode the input data. */
6428 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6429 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6430 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6431 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6432 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6433 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6434 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6435 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6436 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6440 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6441 character events. */
6442 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6444 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6445 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6447 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6449 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6450 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6451 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6453 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6456 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6457 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6460 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6462 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6468 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6469 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6478 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6479 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6487 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6489 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6491 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6492 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6495 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6497 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6498 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6500 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6502 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6503 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6506 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6507 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6510 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6511 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6512 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6513 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6517 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6521 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6523 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6526 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6528 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6529 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6530 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6531 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6534 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6535 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6536 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6537 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6538 if (any_help_event_p
)
6544 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6549 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6550 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6553 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6554 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6555 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6557 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6559 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6561 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6562 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6568 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6569 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6573 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6574 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6577 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6578 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6579 will be selected iff it is active. */
6580 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6581 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6582 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6584 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6585 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6590 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6594 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6595 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6596 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6597 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6600 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6601 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6603 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6604 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6605 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6608 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6609 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6610 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6611 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6616 case ConfigureNotify
:
6617 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6620 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6622 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6623 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6624 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6625 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6626 do this one, the right one will come later.
6627 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6628 need to reset it below. */
6630 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6631 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6632 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6633 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6638 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6639 is called by the code that handles resizing
6640 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6642 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6643 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6644 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6645 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6646 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6647 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6648 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6650 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6651 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6652 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6654 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6657 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6658 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6661 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6662 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6663 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6664 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6667 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6668 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6669 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6671 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6672 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6673 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6677 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6678 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6681 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6683 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6684 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6685 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6686 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6694 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6695 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6698 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6700 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6702 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6703 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6705 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6709 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6710 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6711 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6714 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6715 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6717 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6718 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6720 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6721 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6723 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6724 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6725 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6731 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6732 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6734 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6735 if (! popup_activated ())
6738 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6740 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6741 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6743 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6744 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
, f
);
6746 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6747 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6750 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
, f
);
6756 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6757 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6758 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6760 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6761 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6763 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6765 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6766 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6768 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6770 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6771 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6774 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6776 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6777 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6778 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6779 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6780 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6786 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6789 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6791 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6792 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6793 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6794 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6795 Instead, save it away
6796 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6797 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6800 ! popup_activated ()
6803 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6804 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6805 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6806 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6807 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6808 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6809 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6810 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6812 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6813 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6815 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6818 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6820 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6824 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6825 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6826 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6828 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6830 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6831 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6832 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6837 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6840 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6844 case CirculateNotify
:
6847 case CirculateRequest
:
6850 case VisibilityNotify
:
6854 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6856 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6858 case MappingModifier
:
6859 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6860 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6861 case MappingKeyboard
:
6862 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6868 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6870 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6871 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6873 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6878 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6880 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6885 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6890 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6896 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6897 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6898 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6902 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6903 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6913 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6914 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6915 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6917 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6919 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6923 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6924 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6926 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6929 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6935 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6936 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6937 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6939 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6940 thus pretending to be `read'.
6942 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6945 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6948 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6952 int event_found
= 0;
6953 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6955 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6957 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6961 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6964 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6965 input_signal_count
++;
6969 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6970 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6971 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6973 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6975 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6976 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6977 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
6978 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
6979 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
6980 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
6983 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
6984 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
6985 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
6986 for X connections. */
6989 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
6991 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
6992 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
6993 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6994 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
6996 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7000 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7001 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7003 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7004 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7009 struct input_event inev
;
7011 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7012 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7013 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7015 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7023 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7027 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7030 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7031 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7036 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7038 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7041 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7046 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7047 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7048 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7049 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7051 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7052 from all displays. */
7054 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7056 current_count
= count
;
7057 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7059 gtk_main_iteration ();
7061 count
= current_count
;
7063 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7065 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7068 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7072 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7073 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7076 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7077 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7078 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7080 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7084 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7085 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7087 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7089 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7090 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7094 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7096 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7097 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7099 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7100 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7112 /***********************************************************************
7114 ***********************************************************************/
7116 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7117 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7119 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7120 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7121 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7124 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, area
, gc
)
7126 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7130 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7131 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7132 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7134 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7136 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7137 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7138 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7139 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7140 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7142 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7146 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7149 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7151 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7153 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7154 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7155 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7158 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7161 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7162 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7163 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7164 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7167 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7168 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7169 y
= get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &h
);
7170 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7172 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7173 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7174 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7175 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7176 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7178 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7179 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7180 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7182 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7183 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7184 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7185 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7189 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7191 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7192 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7193 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7197 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7199 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7201 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7203 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7204 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7206 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7207 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7209 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7210 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7213 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7214 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7215 the bar might not be in the window. */
7216 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7218 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7219 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7220 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7224 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7225 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7226 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7227 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7228 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7231 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7232 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7233 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7234 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7235 that the glyph is legible. */
7236 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7237 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7239 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7240 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7243 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7246 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7247 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7251 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7252 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7254 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7255 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7257 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7258 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7259 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7260 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7261 width
, row
->height
);
7263 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7264 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7265 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7266 row
->height
- width
),
7267 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7270 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7275 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7278 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7282 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7286 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7289 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7291 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7293 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7294 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7298 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7301 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7303 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7305 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7308 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7312 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7313 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7315 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7316 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7318 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7319 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7322 switch (cursor_type
)
7324 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7325 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7328 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7329 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7333 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7337 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7341 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7349 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7350 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7351 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7356 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7357 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7364 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7367 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7373 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7376 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7377 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7378 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7379 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7384 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7385 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7386 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7388 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7389 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7390 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7394 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7395 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7397 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7398 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7399 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7400 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7403 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7404 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7405 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7406 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7407 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7409 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7412 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7413 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7419 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7420 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7423 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7427 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7433 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7434 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7436 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7437 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7439 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7440 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7441 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7443 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7444 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7445 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7446 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7451 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7453 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7454 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7456 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7458 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7459 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7460 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7463 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7467 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7468 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7469 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7472 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7473 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7476 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7477 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7478 stored in x_error_message_string.
7480 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7481 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7483 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7485 void x_check_errors ();
7486 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7489 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7492 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7494 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7497 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7498 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7499 x_error_message_string
));
7501 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7502 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7507 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7510 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7511 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7513 Lisp_Object first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7514 Display
*dpy
= XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
;
7516 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7517 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7518 if (x_display_info_for_display (dpy
) != 0)
7525 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7529 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7530 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7531 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7534 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7538 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7541 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7542 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7545 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7546 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7549 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7552 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7555 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7558 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7561 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7564 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7567 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7568 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7569 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7570 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7573 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7577 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7581 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7584 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7589 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7590 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7591 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7592 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7593 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7596 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7597 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7600 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7601 must reestablish each time */
7602 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7607 /************************************************************************
7609 ************************************************************************/
7611 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7613 static char *error_msg
;
7615 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7616 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7617 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7620 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7622 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7626 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7627 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7630 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7632 char *error_message
;
7634 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7635 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7638 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7639 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7640 handling_signal
= 0;
7642 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7643 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7644 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7645 the original message here. */
7646 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7648 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7649 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7650 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7652 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7653 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7654 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7656 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7657 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7659 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7660 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7661 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7663 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7664 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7665 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7668 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7669 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7670 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7671 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7677 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7680 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7682 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7684 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7685 that are on the dead display. */
7686 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7688 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7690 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7691 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7692 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7693 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7694 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7695 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7698 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7699 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7700 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7701 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7702 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7703 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7705 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7706 trying to find a replacement. */
7707 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7708 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7712 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7714 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7716 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7718 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7719 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7723 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7725 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7727 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7728 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7730 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7731 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7734 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7735 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7736 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*error
);
7738 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7739 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7742 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7746 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7747 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7749 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7753 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7754 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7755 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7757 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7759 #if __GNUC__ >= 3 /* On GCC 3.0 we might get a warning. */
7760 #define NO_INLINE __attribute__((noinline))
7765 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7766 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7768 static void NO_INLINE
7769 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7773 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7775 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7776 original error handler. */
7778 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7779 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7780 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7781 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7785 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7786 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7787 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7790 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7795 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7796 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7800 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7802 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7803 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7804 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7805 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7808 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7810 register char *fontname
;
7812 struct font_info
*fontp
7813 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7818 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7819 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7820 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7822 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->average_width
;
7823 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = fontp
->space_width
;
7824 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7826 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7828 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7829 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7831 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7832 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7833 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7837 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7838 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7841 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7842 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7844 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7845 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7846 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7847 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7848 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7849 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7851 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7852 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7853 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7854 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7855 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7858 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7861 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7862 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7863 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7864 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7867 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7871 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7877 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7878 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7880 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7882 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7884 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7885 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7888 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7889 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7893 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7894 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7897 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7901 /***********************************************************************
7903 ***********************************************************************/
7909 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7910 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7911 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7914 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7916 XPointer client_data
;
7919 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7920 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7924 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7925 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7927 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7928 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7930 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7931 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7935 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7936 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7937 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7941 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7944 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7945 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7948 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7949 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7952 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7953 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7954 char *resource_name
;
7961 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7968 XIMCallback destroy
;
7971 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7972 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7975 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7976 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7977 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7983 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7984 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7988 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7992 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7993 char *resource_name
;
7996 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7997 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7998 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7999 when the callback was registered. */
8002 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8004 XPointer client_data
;
8007 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8008 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8010 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8014 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8016 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8017 as they have no XIC. */
8018 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8020 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8023 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8025 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8027 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8028 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8030 create_frame_xic (f
);
8031 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8032 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8033 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8035 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8036 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8045 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8048 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8049 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8050 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8051 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8054 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8055 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8056 char *resource_name
;
8061 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8062 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8065 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8066 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8067 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8068 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8069 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8070 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8071 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8072 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8073 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8074 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8075 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8076 least, hence the configure test. */
8077 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8078 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8079 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8080 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8081 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8085 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8086 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8090 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8093 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8094 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8099 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8100 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8101 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8103 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8104 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8105 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8106 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8107 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8108 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8110 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8113 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8117 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8118 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8121 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8124 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8125 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8127 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8128 is already for the top-left corner. */
8129 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8132 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8133 position that fits on the screen. */
8134 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8135 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8136 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
);
8139 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8141 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8142 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8143 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8145 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8146 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8147 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8148 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8151 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8152 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8154 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8157 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8158 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- height
+ f
->top_pos
);
8161 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8162 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8163 so the flags should correspond. */
8164 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8167 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8168 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8169 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8170 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8171 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8174 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8176 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8179 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8181 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8185 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8187 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8189 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8190 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8192 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8195 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8197 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8198 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8200 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8202 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8203 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8204 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8205 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8206 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8209 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8210 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8212 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8213 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8215 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8216 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8217 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8223 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8224 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8226 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8229 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8231 int width
, height
, ign
;
8233 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8235 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8237 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8238 when setting WM manager hints.
8239 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8240 x_check_expected_move. */
8241 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8243 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8244 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8245 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8247 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8248 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8253 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8255 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8256 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8257 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8258 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8260 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8263 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8265 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8266 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8268 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8270 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8271 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8272 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8274 f
->left_pos
= expect_left
;
8275 f
->top_pos
= expect_top
;
8276 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 0);
8278 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8279 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8281 /* Just do this once */
8282 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8287 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8288 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8289 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8290 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8293 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8298 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8300 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8301 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8302 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8304 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8305 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8306 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8308 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8310 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8311 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8313 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8314 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8316 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8317 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8318 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8320 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8321 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8322 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8323 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8325 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8326 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8327 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8328 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8329 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8331 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8333 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8334 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8335 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8337 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8338 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8339 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8340 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8341 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8343 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8347 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8348 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8349 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8350 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8353 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8361 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8362 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8364 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8367 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8369 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8370 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8371 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8372 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8373 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8374 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8375 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8376 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8377 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8380 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8382 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8384 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8386 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8388 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8389 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8391 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8392 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8393 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8394 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8395 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8400 /* Mouse warping. */
8403 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8409 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8410 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8412 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8413 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8415 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8416 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8420 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8421 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8425 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8428 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8434 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8435 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8439 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8442 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8445 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8449 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8450 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8451 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8452 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8453 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8462 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8463 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8464 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8465 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8469 /* Raise frame F. */
8475 if (f
->async_visible
)
8478 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8479 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8484 /* Lower frame F. */
8490 if (f
->async_visible
)
8493 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8494 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8500 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8510 /* Change of visibility. */
8512 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8513 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8514 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8515 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8516 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8517 finishes with it. */
8520 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8524 int original_top
, original_left
;
8525 int retry_count
= 2;
8531 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8533 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8535 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8537 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8538 call x_set_offset a second time
8539 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8540 before the window gets really visible. */
8541 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8542 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8543 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8545 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8547 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8548 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8549 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8550 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8551 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8552 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8554 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8555 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8557 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8558 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8559 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8560 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8561 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8562 to come back ok without this. */
8563 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8564 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8568 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8570 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8571 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8572 so that incoming events are handled. */
8576 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8577 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8578 will set it when they are handled. */
8579 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8581 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8582 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8584 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8587 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8589 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8590 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8591 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8592 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8594 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8595 because the window manager may choose the position
8596 and we don't want to override it. */
8598 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8599 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8600 && previously_visible
)
8604 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8608 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8609 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8610 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8611 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8612 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8613 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8614 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8615 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8616 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8618 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8619 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8620 original_left
, original_top
);
8625 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8627 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8628 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8629 MapNotify at all.. */
8630 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8631 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8633 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8636 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8637 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8638 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8639 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8640 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8642 if (input_polling_used ())
8644 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8645 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8646 handler reset it. */
8647 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8648 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8649 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8650 poll_for_input_1 ();
8651 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8654 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8655 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8660 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8664 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8665 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8666 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8667 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8669 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8674 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8676 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8679 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8684 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8685 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8687 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8688 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8689 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8691 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8692 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8698 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8699 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8700 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8701 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8702 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8703 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8706 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8707 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8713 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8714 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8716 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8717 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8719 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8721 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8722 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8726 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8727 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8728 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8729 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8730 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8731 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8733 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8736 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8737 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8741 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8742 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8743 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8746 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8747 just by the event that we get from the server.
8748 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8749 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8750 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8752 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8753 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8754 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8761 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8770 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8771 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8772 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8774 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8779 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8781 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8783 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8786 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8788 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8789 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8791 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8794 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8795 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8801 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8803 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8805 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8806 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8807 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8808 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8809 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8810 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8811 so we have to record it here. */
8814 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8815 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8820 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8821 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8822 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8826 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8828 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8829 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8833 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8835 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8837 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8838 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8839 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8840 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8842 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8843 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8845 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8846 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8850 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8851 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8852 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8853 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8854 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8856 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8857 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8859 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8862 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8863 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8867 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8869 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8871 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8873 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8874 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8877 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8878 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8880 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8882 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8886 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8889 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8892 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8894 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8898 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8899 commands to the X server. */
8900 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8902 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8903 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8905 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8906 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8907 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8908 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
8909 toolkit scroll bars. */
8910 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
8912 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8913 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8922 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8923 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
8925 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8926 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
8928 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
8929 we are using a toolkit. */
8930 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8931 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8933 free_frame_menubar (f
);
8934 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8937 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
8938 frames. We must check and free both types. */
8939 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8941 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8942 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
8943 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
8945 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8947 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8948 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8949 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8951 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8952 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
8953 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
8954 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
8955 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
8956 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
8958 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
8959 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
8960 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8961 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8962 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8963 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
8964 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8965 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
8966 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
8967 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
8968 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8969 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
8970 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
8971 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
8972 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
8974 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
8975 free_frame_faces (f
);
8978 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8981 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8982 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
8984 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
8985 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
8987 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
8988 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
8989 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
8990 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
8991 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
8992 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8994 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8996 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8997 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
8998 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8999 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9000 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9001 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9002 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9009 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9012 x_destroy_window (f
)
9015 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9017 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9018 commands to the X server. */
9019 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9020 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9022 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9026 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9028 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9029 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9030 that the window now has.
9031 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9032 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9033 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9037 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9042 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9044 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9047 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9050 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9052 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9053 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9055 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9056 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9058 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9059 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9060 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9061 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9062 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9063 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9064 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9065 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9066 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9067 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9069 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9070 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9071 size_hints
.max_width
9072 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9073 size_hints
.max_height
9074 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9076 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9078 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9079 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9080 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9082 int base_width
, base_height
;
9083 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9085 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9086 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9088 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9090 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9091 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9092 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9093 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9094 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9096 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9097 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9098 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9101 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9102 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9103 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9104 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9105 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9107 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9108 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9112 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9115 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9118 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9121 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9122 long supplied_return
;
9126 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9129 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9132 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9133 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9134 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9135 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9136 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9140 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9145 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9146 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9147 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9148 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9149 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9150 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9151 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9152 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9156 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9161 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9162 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9166 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9167 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9169 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9172 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9174 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9177 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9179 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9182 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9186 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9189 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9190 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9191 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9192 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9194 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9195 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9197 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9198 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9202 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9206 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9208 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9209 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9214 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9215 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9216 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9217 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9221 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9222 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9223 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9224 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9225 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9226 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9227 best to explicitly give up. */
9229 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9230 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9236 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9240 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9241 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9242 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9243 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9246 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9248 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9249 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9251 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9255 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9259 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9261 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9262 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9263 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9265 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9269 /***********************************************************************
9271 ***********************************************************************/
9273 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9276 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9280 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9284 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9286 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9289 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9291 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9292 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9293 on how many fonts to match. */
9296 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9298 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9302 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9303 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9304 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9305 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9306 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9307 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9309 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9313 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9317 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9318 if (NILP (patterns
))
9319 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9321 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9322 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9323 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9325 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9328 char **names
= NULL
;
9330 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9331 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9332 The cache is an alist of the form:
9333 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9334 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9335 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9336 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9337 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9340 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9341 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9345 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9348 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9350 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9353 unsigned long value
;
9355 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9356 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9358 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9359 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9361 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9365 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9367 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9368 int len
= strlen (name
);
9371 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9372 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9373 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9375 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9379 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9380 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9382 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9383 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9388 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9391 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9394 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9396 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9397 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9404 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9405 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9408 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9417 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9420 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9422 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9423 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9425 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9429 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9436 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9437 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9438 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9442 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9444 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9445 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9446 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9447 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9448 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9449 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9454 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9456 else if (dashes
== 9)
9458 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9459 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9462 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9463 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9465 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9466 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9468 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9469 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9470 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9472 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9473 width of this font. */
9474 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9476 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9477 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9482 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9485 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9490 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9491 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9492 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9495 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9497 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9498 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9499 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9505 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9509 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9513 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9515 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9516 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9517 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9520 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9521 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9522 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9523 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9525 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9526 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9528 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9530 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9536 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9538 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9540 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9544 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9545 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9546 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9547 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9550 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9551 if (found_size
== size
)
9552 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9553 else if (found_size
> 0)
9555 if (NILP (second_best
))
9557 else if (found_size
< size
)
9559 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9560 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9565 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9566 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9571 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9573 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9575 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9586 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9590 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9595 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9597 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9599 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9600 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9601 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9604 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9607 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9609 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9610 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9611 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9612 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9613 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9616 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9620 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9621 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9623 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9624 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9625 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9627 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9631 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9632 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9633 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9634 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9635 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9638 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9644 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9645 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9647 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9648 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9650 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9651 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9653 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9656 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9657 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9658 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9660 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9661 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9664 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9665 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9667 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9668 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9669 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9673 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9674 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9675 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9676 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9679 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9681 register char *fontname
;
9684 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9685 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9688 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9689 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9690 we already have by comparing names. */
9691 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9693 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9698 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9699 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9700 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9701 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9702 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9703 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9704 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9705 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9708 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9712 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9713 unsigned long value
;
9716 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9717 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9718 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9719 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9720 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9721 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9722 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9725 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9726 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9727 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9729 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9730 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9732 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9734 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9739 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9740 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9741 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9744 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9745 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9746 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9749 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9750 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9752 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9755 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9756 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9759 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9761 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9763 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9764 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9765 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9767 if (font
->min_bounds
.width
== font
->max_bounds
.width
)
9769 /* Fixed width font. */
9770 fontp
->average_width
= fontp
->space_width
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9777 char2b
.byte1
= 0x00, char2b
.byte2
= 0x20;
9778 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0);
9780 fontp
->space_width
= pcm
->width
;
9782 fontp
->space_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9784 fontp
->average_width
9785 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
, &value
)
9786 ? (long) value
/ 10 : 0);
9787 if (fontp
->average_width
< 0)
9788 fontp
->average_width
= - fontp
->average_width
;
9789 if (fontp
->average_width
== 0)
9793 int width
= pcm
->width
;
9794 for (char2b
.byte2
= 33; char2b
.byte2
<= 126; char2b
.byte2
++)
9795 if ((pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 0)) != NULL
)
9796 width
+= pcm
->width
;
9797 fontp
->average_width
= width
/ 95;
9800 fontp
->average_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
9804 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9806 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9808 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9812 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9813 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9815 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9826 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9827 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9834 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9836 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9838 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9839 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9841 if (NILP (font_names
))
9843 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9844 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9845 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9846 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9847 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9848 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9851 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9853 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9854 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9856 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9859 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9861 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9863 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9864 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9866 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9870 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9871 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9872 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9873 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9874 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9875 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9876 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9877 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9879 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9881 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9882 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9883 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9884 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9885 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9887 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9888 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9889 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9890 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9891 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9892 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9893 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9894 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9895 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9896 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9897 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9898 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9899 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9901 fontp
->baseline_offset
9902 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9903 ? (long) value
: 0);
9904 fontp
->relative_compose
9905 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9906 ? (long) value
: 0);
9907 fontp
->default_ascent
9908 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9909 ? (long) value
: 0);
9911 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9912 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9913 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9914 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9915 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9916 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9923 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9924 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9927 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9929 register char *fontname
;
9931 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9934 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9935 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9936 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9937 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9938 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9943 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9944 `encoder' of the structure. */
9947 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
9948 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9950 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
9953 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9957 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
9958 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
9960 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
9967 struct ccl_program
*ccl
9968 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
9970 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
9973 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
9979 /***********************************************************************
9981 ***********************************************************************/
9983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9984 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9985 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9986 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9988 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9989 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9990 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9992 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9993 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9994 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9995 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9996 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9997 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9998 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10000 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10002 static int x_initialized
;
10004 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10005 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10006 the screen number from the server number. */
10008 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10009 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10011 int seen_colon
= 0;
10012 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10013 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10014 int length_until_period
= 0;
10016 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10017 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10018 length_until_period
++;
10020 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10021 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10023 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10025 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10026 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10027 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10028 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10029 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10030 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10031 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10032 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10033 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10034 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10035 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10036 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10037 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10038 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10040 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10044 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10048 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10049 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10053 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10054 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10057 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10058 unsigned long mask
;
10065 while (!(mask
& 1))
10081 struct x_display_info
*
10082 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10083 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10085 char *resource_name
;
10089 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10094 if (!x_initialized
)
10102 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10104 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10105 char **argv2
= argv
;
10108 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10110 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10111 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10112 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10113 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10114 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10118 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10122 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10124 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10126 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10127 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10130 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10131 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10134 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10137 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10139 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10143 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10145 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10146 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10148 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10150 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10151 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10152 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10154 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10155 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10156 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10158 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10159 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10164 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10165 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10168 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10169 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10170 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10172 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10173 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10174 So let's not use it until R6. */
10175 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10176 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10187 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10188 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10190 turn_on_atimers (0);
10191 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10192 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10193 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10195 turn_on_atimers (1);
10197 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10198 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10203 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10205 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10207 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10208 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10209 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10211 /* Detect failure. */
10218 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10220 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10221 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10223 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10225 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10228 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10229 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10230 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10231 SDATA (display_name
)))
10234 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10237 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10238 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10239 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10241 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10243 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10244 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10245 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10249 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10250 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10251 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10252 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10253 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10254 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10255 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10257 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10261 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10262 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10263 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10265 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10266 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10267 x_display_name_list
);
10268 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10270 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10273 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10277 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10278 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10280 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10281 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10283 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10284 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10286 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10288 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10289 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10290 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10292 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10293 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10295 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10296 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10297 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10298 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10300 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10302 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10304 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10306 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10307 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10308 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10309 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10310 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10311 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10312 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10313 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10314 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10315 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10316 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10317 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10318 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10319 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10320 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10321 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10322 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10323 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10324 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10325 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10326 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10327 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10328 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10329 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10330 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10331 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10332 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10333 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10334 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10335 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10336 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10337 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10338 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10340 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10341 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10342 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10344 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10346 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10347 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10348 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10349 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10350 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10351 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10354 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10355 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10357 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10360 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10361 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10362 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10364 if (STRINGP (value
)
10365 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10366 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10367 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10371 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10372 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10375 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10376 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10377 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10378 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10379 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10380 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10381 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10382 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10383 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10386 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10387 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10389 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10390 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10391 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10392 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10393 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10394 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10395 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10396 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10397 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10398 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10399 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10400 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10401 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10402 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10403 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10404 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10405 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10406 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10407 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10408 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10409 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10410 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10411 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10412 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10413 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10414 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10415 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10416 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10417 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10418 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10419 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10420 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10421 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10422 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10423 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10424 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10425 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10426 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10427 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10428 /* For properties of font. */
10429 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10430 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10431 dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
10432 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "AVERAGE_WIDTH", False
);
10433 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10434 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10435 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10436 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10437 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10438 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10440 /* Ghostscript support. */
10441 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10442 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10444 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10447 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10449 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10450 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10455 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10457 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10458 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10459 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10464 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10465 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10467 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10469 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10470 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10474 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10477 #ifdef subprocesses
10478 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10479 if (connection
!= 0)
10480 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10483 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10485 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10486 /* stdin is a socket here */
10487 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10488 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10489 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10490 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10491 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10492 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10495 if (interrupt_input
)
10496 init_sigio (connection
);
10497 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10500 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10501 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10502 so that Xt does not crash. */
10504 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10505 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10509 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10510 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10511 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10512 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10513 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10514 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10515 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10516 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10518 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10519 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10520 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10525 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10526 for debugging X code. */
10529 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10530 build_string ("synchronous"),
10531 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10533 if (STRINGP (value
)
10534 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10535 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10536 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10541 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10542 build_string ("useXIM"),
10543 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10546 if (STRINGP (value
)
10547 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10548 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10551 if (STRINGP (value
)
10552 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10553 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10559 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10560 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10561 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10569 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10570 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10573 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10574 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10578 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10580 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10581 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10582 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10583 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10584 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10589 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10590 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10592 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10594 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10597 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10601 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10602 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10604 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10605 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10608 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10610 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10611 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10612 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10615 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10616 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10617 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10620 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10621 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10622 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10626 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10629 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10630 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10631 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10633 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10634 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10635 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10638 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10639 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10641 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10642 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10643 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10647 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10649 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10650 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10651 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10652 that slows us down. */
10655 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10656 struct atimer
*timer
;
10658 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10661 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10662 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10667 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10670 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10672 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10674 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10676 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10680 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10682 x_after_update_window_line
,
10683 x_update_window_begin
,
10684 x_update_window_end
,
10690 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10692 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10693 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10694 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10695 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10696 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10697 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10700 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10701 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10702 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10703 x_clear_frame_area
,
10704 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10705 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10706 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10712 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10714 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10715 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10716 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10717 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10718 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10719 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10720 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10721 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10722 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10723 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10724 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10725 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10726 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10727 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10728 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10729 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10730 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10731 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10733 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10734 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10735 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10736 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10737 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10742 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10743 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10744 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10747 current_count
= -1;
10750 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10751 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10753 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10754 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10756 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10758 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10759 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10760 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10761 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10762 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10763 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10764 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10766 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10768 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10769 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10770 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10771 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10772 widgets don't behave normally. */
10774 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10775 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10776 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10780 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10782 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10783 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10787 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10788 original error handler. */
10789 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10790 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10792 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10794 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10795 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10797 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10804 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10805 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10807 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10808 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10810 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10811 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10813 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10814 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10816 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10817 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10818 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10819 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10821 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10822 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10824 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10825 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10826 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10827 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10828 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10829 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10830 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10832 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10833 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10834 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10835 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10836 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10837 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10838 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10839 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10840 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10842 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10843 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10844 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10845 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10846 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10848 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10849 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10850 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10852 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10854 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10857 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10860 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10861 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10863 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10864 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10865 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10866 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10867 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10868 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10869 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10870 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10871 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10873 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10874 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10875 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10876 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10877 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10878 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10880 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10881 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10882 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10883 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10884 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10885 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10887 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10888 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10889 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10890 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10891 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10892 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10894 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10895 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10896 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10897 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10898 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10899 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10901 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10902 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10903 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10904 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10905 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10909 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10911 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10912 (do not change this comment) */